Sema.h revision bea522ff43a3f11c7a2bc7949119dbb9fce19e39
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 579 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 580 581 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 582 /// have been declared. 583 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 584 585 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 586 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 587 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 588 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 589 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 590 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 591 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 592 /// run time. 593 Unevaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 596 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 597 /// cases in a switch statment). 598 ConstantEvaluated, 599 600 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 601 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 602 /// expression at run time. 603 PotentiallyEvaluated, 604 605 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 606 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 607 /// in fact the current expression is used. 608 /// 609 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 610 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 611 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 612 /// until the default argument is used. 613 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 614 }; 615 616 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 617 /// expression evaluation contexts. 618 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 619 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 620 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 621 622 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 623 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 624 625 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 626 bool IsDecltype; 627 628 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 629 /// this expression evaluation context. 630 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 631 632 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 633 634 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 635 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 636 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 637 638 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 639 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 640 /// default function argument. 641 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 642 643 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 644 /// within this context. 645 /// 646 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 647 /// do not have lambda expressions. 648 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 649 650 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 651 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 652 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 653 654 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 655 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 656 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 657 658 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 659 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 661 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 662 bool IsDecltype) 663 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 664 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 665 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 666 667 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 668 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 669 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 670 if (!LambdaMangle) 671 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 672 return *LambdaMangle; 673 } 674 }; 675 676 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 677 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 678 679 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 680 /// function. 681 /// 682 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 683 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 684 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 685 public: 686 enum Kind { 687 NoMemberOrDeleted, 688 Ambiguous, 689 Success 690 }; 691 692 private: 693 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 694 695 public: 696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 697 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 698 {} 699 700 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 701 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 702 703 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 704 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 705 }; 706 707 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 708 /// for C++ records. 709 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 710 711 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 712 /// 713 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 714 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 715 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 716 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 717 /// checks. 718 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 719 720 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 721 722 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 723 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 724 725 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 727 728 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 729 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 730 /// 731 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 732 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 733 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 734 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 735 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 736 737 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 738 // argument locations. 739 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 740 741 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 742 /// definition in this translation unit. 743 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 744 745 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 746 void getUndefinedButUsed( 747 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 748 749 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 750 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 751 752 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 753 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 754 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 755 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 756 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 757 758 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 759 /// of -Wselector. 760 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 761 762 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 763 enum CXXSpecialMember { 764 CXXDefaultConstructor, 765 CXXCopyConstructor, 766 CXXMoveConstructor, 767 CXXCopyAssignment, 768 CXXMoveAssignment, 769 CXXDestructor, 770 CXXInvalid 771 }; 772 773 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 774 775 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 776 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 777 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 778 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 779 780 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 781 782 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 783 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 784 785 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 786 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 787 /// should not be used elsewhere. 788 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 789 790 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 791 /// statements. 792 class FPContractStateRAII { 793 public: 794 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 795 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 796 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 797 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 798 } 799 private: 800 Sema& S; 801 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 802 }; 803 804public: 805 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 806 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 807 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 808 ~Sema(); 809 810 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 811 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 812 void Initialize(); 813 814 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 815 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 816 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 817 818 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 819 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 820 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 821 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 822 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 823 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 824 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 825 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 826 827 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 828 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 829 /// 830 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 831 /// 832 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 833 834 void PrintStats() const; 835 836 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 837 /// template instantiation stacks. 838 /// 839 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 840 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 841 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 842 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 843 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 844 /// well. 845 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 846 Sema &SemaRef; 847 unsigned DiagID; 848 849 public: 850 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 851 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 852 853 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 854 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 855 if (!isActive()) return; 856 857 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 858 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 859 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 860 // 861 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 862 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 863 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 864 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 865 // eliminate that code. 866 FlushCounts(); 867 Clear(); 868 869 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 870 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 871 } 872 }; 873 874 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 875 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 876 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 877 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 878 } 879 880 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 881 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 882 883 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 884 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 885 886 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 887 888 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 889 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 890 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 891 892 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 893 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 894 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 895 896 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 897 898 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 899 900 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 901 902 void PushFunctionScope(); 903 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 904 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 905 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 906 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 907 908 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 909 return FunctionScopes.back(); 910 } 911 912 void PushCompoundScope(); 913 void PopCompoundScope(); 914 915 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 916 917 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 918 919 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 920 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 921 922 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 923 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 924 925 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 926 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 927 928 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 929 930 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 931 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 932 // 933 934 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 935 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 936 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 937 } 938 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 939 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 940 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 943 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 944 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 946 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 947 948 /// \brief Build a function type. 949 /// 950 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 951 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 952 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 953 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 954 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 955 /// 956 /// \param T The return type of the function. 957 /// 958 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 959 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 960 /// function parameters. 961 /// 962 /// \param Variadic Whether this is a variadic function type. 963 /// 964 /// \param HasTrailingReturn Whether this function has a trailing return type. 965 /// 966 /// \param Quals The cvr-qualifiers to be applied to the function type. 967 /// 968 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 969 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 970 /// type that will have function type. 971 /// 972 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 973 /// type, if known. 974 /// 975 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. 976 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 977 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 978 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 979 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 980 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 981 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 982 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 983 984 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 985 SourceLocation Loc, 986 DeclarationName Entity); 987 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 988 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 989 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 990 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 991 992 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 993 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 994 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 995 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 996 997 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 998 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 999 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1000 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1001 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1002 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1003 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1004 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1005 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1006 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1007 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1008 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1009 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1010 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1011 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1012 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1013 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1014 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1015 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1016 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1017 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1018 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1019 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1020 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1021 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1022 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1023 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1024 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1025 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1026 1027 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1028 1029 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1030 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1031 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1032 1033 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1034 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1035 bool Suppressed; 1036 1037 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1038 1039 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1040 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1041 }; 1042 1043 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1044 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1045 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1046 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1047 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1048 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1049 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1050 return II; 1051 } 1052 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1053 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1054 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1055 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1056 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1057 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1058 1059 template<typename T1> 1060 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1061 unsigned DiagID; 1062 const T1 &Arg1; 1063 1064 public: 1065 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1066 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1067 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1068 if (Suppressed) return; 1069 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1070 } 1071 1072 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1073 }; 1074 1075 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1076 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1077 unsigned DiagID; 1078 const T1 &Arg1; 1079 const T2 &Arg2; 1080 1081 public: 1082 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1083 const T2 &Arg2) 1084 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1085 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1086 1087 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1088 if (Suppressed) return; 1089 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1090 } 1091 1092 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1093 }; 1094 1095 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1096 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1097 unsigned DiagID; 1098 const T1 &Arg1; 1099 const T2 &Arg2; 1100 const T3 &Arg3; 1101 1102 public: 1103 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1104 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1105 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1106 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1107 1108 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1109 if (Suppressed) return; 1110 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1111 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1112 } 1113 1114 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1115 }; 1116 1117 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1118 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1119 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1120 unsigned DiagID); 1121 1122 template<typename T1> 1123 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1124 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1125 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1126 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1127 } 1128 1129 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1130 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1131 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1132 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1133 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1134 } 1135 1136 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1137 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1138 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1139 const T3 &Arg3) { 1140 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1141 Arg3); 1142 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1143 } 1144 1145 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1146 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1147 1148 template<typename T1> 1149 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1150 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1151 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1152 } 1153 1154 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1155 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1156 const T2 &Arg2) { 1157 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1158 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1159 } 1160 1161 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1162 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1163 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1164 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1165 Arg3); 1166 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1167 } 1168 1169 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1170 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1171 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1172 1173 template<typename T1> 1174 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1175 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1176 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1177 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1178 } 1179 1180 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1181 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1182 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1183 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1184 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1185 } 1186 1187 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1188 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1189 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1190 const T3 &Arg3) { 1191 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1192 Arg3); 1193 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1194 } 1195 1196 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1197 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1198 1199 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1200 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1201 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1202 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1203 SourceLocation Loc); 1204 1205 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1206 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1207 // 1208 1209 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1210 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1211 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1212 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1213 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1214 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1215 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1216 /// such as: 1217 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1218 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1219 1220 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1221 1222 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1223 1224 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1225 1226 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1227 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1228 bool isClassName = false, 1229 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1230 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1231 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1232 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1233 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1234 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1235 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1236 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1237 SourceLocation IILoc, 1238 Scope *S, 1239 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1240 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1241 1242 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1243 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1244 enum NameClassificationKind { 1245 NC_Unknown, 1246 NC_Error, 1247 NC_Keyword, 1248 NC_Type, 1249 NC_Expression, 1250 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1251 NC_TypeTemplate, 1252 NC_FunctionTemplate 1253 }; 1254 1255 class NameClassification { 1256 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1257 ExprResult Expr; 1258 TemplateName Template; 1259 ParsedType Type; 1260 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1261 1262 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1263 1264 public: 1265 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1266 1267 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1268 1269 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1270 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1271 1272 static NameClassification Error() { 1273 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1274 } 1275 1276 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1277 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1278 } 1279 1280 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1281 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1282 } 1283 1284 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1285 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1286 Result.Template = Name; 1287 return Result; 1288 } 1289 1290 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1291 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1292 Result.Template = Name; 1293 return Result; 1294 } 1295 1296 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1297 1298 ParsedType getType() const { 1299 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1300 return Type; 1301 } 1302 1303 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1304 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1305 return Expr; 1306 } 1307 1308 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1309 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1310 return Template; 1311 } 1312 1313 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1314 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1315 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1316 } 1317 }; 1318 1319 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1320 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1321 /// 1322 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1323 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1324 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1325 /// 1326 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1327 /// 1328 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1329 /// 1330 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1331 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1332 /// 1333 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1334 /// 1335 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1336 /// disambiguate the name. 1337 /// 1338 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1339 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1340 /// expression. 1341 /// 1342 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1343 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1344 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1345 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1346 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1347 const Token &NextToken, 1348 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1349 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1350 1351 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1352 1353 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1354 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1355 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1356 const LookupResult &Previous, 1357 Scope *S); 1358 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1359 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1360 DeclarationName Name, 1361 SourceLocation Loc); 1362 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1363 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1364 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1365 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1366 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1367 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1368 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1369 LookupResult &Previous); 1370 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1371 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1372 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1373 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1374 LookupResult &Previous, 1375 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1376 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1377 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1378 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1379 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1380 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1381 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1382 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1383 LookupResult &Previous, 1384 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1385 bool &AddToScope); 1386 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1387 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1388 1389 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1390 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1391 1392 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1393 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1394 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1395 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1396 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1397 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1398 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1399 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1400 SourceLocation Loc, 1401 QualType T); 1402 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1403 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1404 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1405 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1406 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1407 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1408 Expr *defarg); 1409 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1410 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1411 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1412 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1413 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1414 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1415 1416 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1417 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1418 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1419 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1420 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1421 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1422 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1423 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1424 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1425 Decl **Group, 1426 unsigned NumDecls); 1427 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1428 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1429 1430 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1431 /// documentation comments. 1432 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1433 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1434 1435 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1436 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1437 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1438 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1439 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1440 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1441 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1442 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1443 } 1444 1445 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1446 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1447 /// code for that function. 1448 /// 1449 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1450 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1451 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1452 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1453 1454 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1455 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1456 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1457 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1458 1459 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1460 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1461 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1462 1463 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1464 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1465 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1466 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1467 1468 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1469 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1470 /// specified threshold. 1471 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1472 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1473 QualType ReturnTy, 1474 NamedDecl *D); 1475 1476 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1477 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1478 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1479 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1480 1481 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1482 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1483 AttributeList *AttrList, 1484 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1485 1486 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1487 /// 1488 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1489 /// 1490 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1491 /// 1492 /// \param Path The module access path. 1493 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1494 ModuleIdPath Path); 1495 1496 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1497 /// source location. 1498 /// 1499 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1500 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1501 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1502 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1503 1504 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1505 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1506 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1507 } 1508 1509 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1510 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1511 const Preprocessor &PP); 1512 1513 /// Scope actions. 1514 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1515 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1516 1517 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1518 DeclSpec &DS); 1519 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1520 DeclSpec &DS, 1521 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1522 1523 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1524 AccessSpecifier AS, 1525 RecordDecl *Record); 1526 1527 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1528 RecordDecl *Record); 1529 1530 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1531 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1532 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1533 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1534 1535 enum TagUseKind { 1536 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1537 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1538 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1539 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1540 }; 1541 1542 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1543 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1544 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1545 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1546 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1547 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1548 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1549 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1550 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1551 1552 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1553 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1554 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1555 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1556 AttributeList *Attr, 1557 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1558 1559 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1560 unsigned TagSpec, 1561 TagUseKind TUK, 1562 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1563 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1564 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1565 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1566 1567 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1568 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1569 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1570 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1571 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1572 1573 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1574 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1575 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1576 AccessSpecifier AS); 1577 1578 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1580 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1581 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1582 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1583 SourceLocation TSSL, 1584 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1585 Declarator *D = 0); 1586 1587 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1588 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1589 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1590 bool Diagnose = false); 1591 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1592 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1593 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1594 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1595 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1596 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1597 1598 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1599 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1600 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1601 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1602 AttributeList *AttrList); 1603 1604 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1605 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1606 /// struct, or union). 1607 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1608 1609 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1610 1611 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1612 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1613 /// member declarations. 1614 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1615 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1616 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1617 1618 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1619 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1620 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1621 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1622 1623 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1624 1625 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1626 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1627 /// 1628 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1629 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1630 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1631 1632 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1633 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1634 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1635 1636 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1637 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1638 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1639 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1640 Expr *val); 1641 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1642 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1643 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1644 1645 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1646 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1647 AttributeList *Attrs, 1648 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1649 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1650 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1651 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1652 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1653 1654 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1655 1656 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1657 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1658 void PopDeclContext(); 1659 1660 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1661 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1662 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1663 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1664 1665 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1666 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1667 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1668 1669 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1670 1671 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1672 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1673 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1674 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1675 1676 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1677 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1678 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1679 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1680 1681 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1682 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1683 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1684 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1685 1686 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1687 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1688 1689 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1690 /// top level scope. 1691 /// 1692 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1693 /// 1694 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1695 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1696 1697 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1698 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1699 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1700 /// 1701 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1702 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1703 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1704 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1705 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1706 1707 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1708 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1709 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1710 1711 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1712 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1714 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1715 1716 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1717 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1718 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1719 VersionTuple Introduced, 1720 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1721 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1722 bool IsUnavailable, 1723 StringRef Message, 1724 bool Override, 1725 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1726 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1727 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1728 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1729 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1730 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1731 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1732 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1733 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1734 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1735 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1736 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1737 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1738 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1739 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1740 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1741 1742 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1743 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1744 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1745 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1746 AMK_None, 1747 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1748 /// an exact match. 1749 AMK_Redeclaration, 1750 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1751 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1752 AMK_Override 1753 }; 1754 1755 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1756 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1757 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1758 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1759 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1760 Scope *S); 1761 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1762 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1763 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1764 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1765 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1766 1767 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1768 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1769 enum AssignmentAction { 1770 AA_Assigning, 1771 AA_Passing, 1772 AA_Returning, 1773 AA_Converting, 1774 AA_Initializing, 1775 AA_Sending, 1776 AA_Casting 1777 }; 1778 1779 /// C++ Overloading. 1780 enum OverloadKind { 1781 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1782 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1783 Ovl_Overload, 1784 1785 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1786 /// an existing declaration. 1787 Ovl_Match, 1788 1789 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1790 /// non-function. 1791 Ovl_NonFunction 1792 }; 1793 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1794 FunctionDecl *New, 1795 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1796 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1797 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1798 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1799 1800 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1801 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1802 /// 1803 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1804 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1805 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1806 1807 ImplicitConversionSequence 1808 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1809 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1810 bool AllowExplicit, 1811 bool InOverloadResolution, 1812 bool CStyle, 1813 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1814 1815 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1816 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1817 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1818 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1819 bool InOverloadResolution, 1820 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1821 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1822 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1823 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1824 QualType &ConvertedType); 1825 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1826 QualType& ConvertedType); 1827 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1828 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1829 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1830 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1831 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1832 1833 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1834 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1835 CastKind &Kind, 1836 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1837 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1838 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1839 bool InOverloadResolution, 1840 QualType &ConvertedType); 1841 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1842 CastKind &Kind, 1843 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1844 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1845 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1846 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1847 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1848 QualType &ResultTy); 1849 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1850 1851 1852 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1853 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1854 QualType ResultType, 1855 Expr *Value, 1856 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1857 1858 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1859 ExprResult Init); 1860 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1861 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1862 ExprResult Init, 1863 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1864 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1865 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1866 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1867 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1868 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1869 1870 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1871 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1872 1873 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1874 enum CCEKind { 1875 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1876 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1877 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1878 }; 1879 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1880 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1881 1882 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1883 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1884 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1885 public: 1886 bool Suppress; 1887 bool SuppressConversion; 1888 1889 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1890 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1891 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1892 1893 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1894 /// integral or enumeration type. 1895 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1896 QualType T) = 0; 1897 1898 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1899 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1900 QualType T) = 0; 1901 1902 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1903 /// is explicit. 1904 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1905 QualType T, 1906 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1907 1908 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1909 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1910 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1911 1912 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1913 /// functions. 1914 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1915 QualType T) = 0; 1916 1917 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1918 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1919 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1920 1921 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1922 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1923 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1924 QualType T, 1925 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1926 1927 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1928 }; 1929 1930 ExprResult 1931 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1932 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1933 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1934 1935 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1936 OS_Array, 1937 OS_Dictionary, 1938 OS_Error 1939 }; 1940 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1941 1942 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1943 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1944 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1945 LK_Array, 1946 LK_Dictionary, 1947 LK_Numeric, 1948 LK_Boxed, 1949 LK_String, 1950 LK_Block, 1951 LK_None 1952 }; 1953 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1954 1955 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1956 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1957 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1958 NamedDecl *Member); 1959 1960 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1961 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1962 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1963 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1964 1965 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1966 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1967 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1968 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1969 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1970 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1971 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1972 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1973 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1974 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1975 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1976 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1977 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1978 QualType ObjectType, 1979 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1980 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1981 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1982 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1983 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1984 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1985 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1986 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1987 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1988 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1989 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1990 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1991 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1992 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1993 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1994 QualType ObjectType, 1995 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1996 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1997 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1998 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1999 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2000 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2001 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2002 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2003 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2004 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2005 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2006 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2007 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2008 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2009 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2010 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2011 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2012 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2013 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2014 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2015 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2016 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2017 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2018 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2019 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2020 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2021 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2022 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2023 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2024 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2025 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2026 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2027 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2028 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2029 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2030 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2031 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2032 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2033 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2034 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2035 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2036 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2037 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2038 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2039 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2040 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2041 2042 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2043 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2044 2045 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2046 // identified by the expression Expr 2047 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2048 2049 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2050 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2051 // R (A) --> R(A) 2052 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2053 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2054 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2055 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2056 2057 FunctionDecl * 2058 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2059 QualType TargetType, 2060 bool Complain, 2061 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2062 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2063 2064 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2065 bool Complain = false, 2066 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2067 2068 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2069 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2070 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2071 bool Complain = false, 2072 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2073 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2074 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2075 2076 2077 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2078 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2079 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2080 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2081 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2082 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2083 2084 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2085 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2086 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2087 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2088 2089 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2090 // range-based for loop. 2091 enum ForRangeStatus { 2092 FRS_Success, 2093 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2094 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2095 }; 2096 2097 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2098 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2099 enum BeginEndFunction { 2100 BEF_begin, 2101 BEF_end 2102 }; 2103 2104 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2105 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2106 VarDecl *Decl, 2107 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2108 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2109 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2110 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2111 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2112 2113 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2114 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2115 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2116 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2117 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2118 Expr *ExecConfig, 2119 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2120 2121 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2122 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2123 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2124 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2125 ExprResult *Result); 2126 2127 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2128 unsigned Opc, 2129 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2130 Expr *input); 2131 2132 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2133 unsigned Opc, 2134 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2135 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2136 2137 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2138 SourceLocation RLoc, 2139 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2140 2141 ExprResult 2142 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2143 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2144 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2145 ExprResult 2146 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2147 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2148 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2149 2150 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2151 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2152 2153 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2154 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2155 /// that best represents the call. 2156 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2157 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2158 2159 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2160 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2161 bool CheckParameterNames); 2162 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2163 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2164 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2165 2166 /// \name Name lookup 2167 /// 2168 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2169 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2170 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2171 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2172 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2173 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2174 /// 2175 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2176 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2177 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2178 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2179 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2180 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2181 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2182 /// 2183 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2184 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2185 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2186 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2187 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2188 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2189 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2190 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2191 //@{ 2192 2193 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2194 enum LookupNameKind { 2195 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2196 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2197 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2198 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2199 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2200 /// structs, and unions. 2201 LookupTagName, 2202 /// Label name lookup. 2203 LookupLabel, 2204 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2205 /// class/struct/union members. 2206 LookupMemberName, 2207 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2208 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2209 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2210 LookupOperatorName, 2211 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2212 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2213 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2214 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2215 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2216 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2217 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2218 LookupNamespaceName, 2219 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2220 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2221 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2222 LookupUsingDeclName, 2223 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2224 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2225 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2226 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2227 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2228 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2229 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2230 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2231 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2232 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2233 LookupAnyName 2234 }; 2235 2236 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2237 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2238 enum RedeclarationKind { 2239 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2240 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2241 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2242 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2243 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2244 ForRedeclaration 2245 }; 2246 2247 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2248 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2249 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2250 LOLR_Error, 2251 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2252 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2253 LOLR_Cooked, 2254 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2255 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2256 LOLR_Raw, 2257 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2258 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2259 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2260 LOLR_Template 2261 }; 2262 2263 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2264 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2265 bool ConstArg, 2266 bool VolatileArg, 2267 bool RValueThis, 2268 bool ConstThis, 2269 bool VolatileThis); 2270 2271private: 2272 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2273 2274 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2275 // 2276 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2277 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2278 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2279 2280 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2281 /// source. 2282 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2283 2284public: 2285 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2286 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2287 /// 2288 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2289 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2290 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2291 SourceLocation Loc, 2292 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2293 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2294 = NotForRedeclaration); 2295 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2296 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2297 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2298 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2299 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2300 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2301 bool EnteringContext = false); 2302 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2303 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2304 = NotForRedeclaration); 2305 2306 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2307 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2308 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2309 2310 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2311 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2312 2313 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2314 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2315 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2316 unsigned Quals); 2317 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2318 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2319 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2320 unsigned Quals); 2321 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2322 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2323 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2324 2325 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2326 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2327 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2328 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2329 2330 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2331 SourceLocation Loc, 2332 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2333 ADLResult &Functions); 2334 2335 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2336 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2337 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2338 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2339 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2340 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2341 2342 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2343 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2344 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2345 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2346 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2347 bool EnteringContext = false, 2348 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2349 2350 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2351 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2352 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2353 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2354 2355 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2356 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2357 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2358 2359 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2360 //@} 2361 2362 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2363 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2364 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2365 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2366 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2367 SourceLocation Loc); 2368 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2369 Scope *S); 2370 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2371 2372 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2373 2374 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2375 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2376 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2377 bool NonInheritable = true, 2378 bool Inheritable = true); 2379 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2380 bool NonInheritable = true, 2381 bool Inheritable = true, 2382 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2383 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2384 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2385 2386 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2387 2388 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2389 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2390 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2391 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2392 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2393 2394 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2395 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2396 SourceRange Range); 2397 2398 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2399 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2400 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2401 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2402 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2403 2404 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2405 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2406 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2407 2408 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2409 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2410 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2411 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2412 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2413 2414 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2416 2417 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2418 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2419 2420 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2421 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2422 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2423 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2424 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2425 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2426 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2427 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2428 2429 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2430 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2431 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2432 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2433 SourceLocation Loc); 2434 2435 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2436 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2437 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2438 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2439 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2440 2441 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2442 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2443 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2444 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2445 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2446 2447 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2448 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2449 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2450 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2451 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2452 2453 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2454 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2455 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2456 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2457 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2458 2459 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2460 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2461 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2462 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2463 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2464 2465 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2466 /// class extensions. 2467 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2468 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2469 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2470 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2471 Selector GetterSel, 2472 Selector SetterSel, 2473 const bool isAssign, 2474 const bool isReadWrite, 2475 const unsigned Attributes, 2476 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2477 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2478 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2479 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2480 2481 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2482 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2483 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2484 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2485 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2486 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2487 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2488 Selector GetterSel, 2489 Selector SetterSel, 2490 const bool isAssign, 2491 const bool isReadWrite, 2492 const unsigned Attributes, 2493 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2494 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2495 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2496 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2497 2498 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2499 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2500 /// setter or getter. 2501 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2502 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2503 2504 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2505 2506 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2507 2508 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2509 MMS_loose, 2510 MMS_strict 2511 }; 2512 2513 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2514 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2515 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2516 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2517 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2518 2519 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2520 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2521 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2522 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2523 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2524 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2525 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2526 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2527 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2528 bool ImmediateClass, 2529 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2530 2531 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2532 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2533 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2534 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2535 2536 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2537 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2538 2539private: 2540 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2541 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2542 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2543 2544 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2545 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2546 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2547 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2548 bool warn, bool instance); 2549 2550public: 2551 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2552 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2553 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2554 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2555 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2556 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2557 } 2558 2559 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2560 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2561 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2562 } 2563 2564 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2565 /// pool. 2566 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2567 2568 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2569 /// there are multiple signatures. 2570 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2571 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2572 bool warn=true) { 2573 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2574 warn, /*instance*/true); 2575 } 2576 2577 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2578 /// there are multiple signatures. 2579 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2580 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2581 bool warn=true) { 2582 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2583 warn, /*instance*/false); 2584 } 2585 2586 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2587 /// implementation. 2588 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2589 2590 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2591 /// initialization. 2592 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2593 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2594 2595 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2596 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2597public: 2598 class FullExprArg { 2599 public: 2600 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2601 2602 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2603 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2604 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2605 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2606 2607 ExprResult release() { 2608 return E; 2609 } 2610 2611 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2612 2613 Expr *operator->() { 2614 return E; 2615 } 2616 2617 private: 2618 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2619 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2620 friend class Sema; 2621 2622 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2623 2624 Expr *E; 2625 }; 2626 2627 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2628 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2629 } 2630 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2631 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2632 } 2633 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2634 ExprResult FE = 2635 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2636 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2637 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2638 } 2639 2640 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2641 2642 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2643 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2644 2645 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2646 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2647 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2648 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2649 bool isStmtExpr); 2650 2651 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2652 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2653 public: 2654 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2655 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2656 } 2657 2658 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2659 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2660 } 2661 2662 private: 2663 Sema &S; 2664 }; 2665 2666 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2667 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2668 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2669 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2670 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2671 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2672 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2673 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2674 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2675 2676 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2677 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2678 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2679 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2680 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2681 2682 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2683 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2684 Stmt *SubStmt); 2685 2686 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2687 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2688 Stmt *ThenVal, 2689 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2690 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2691 Expr *Cond, 2692 Decl *CondVar); 2693 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2694 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2695 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2696 FullExprArg Cond, 2697 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2698 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2699 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2700 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2701 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2702 2703 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2704 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2705 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2706 Decl *SecondVar, 2707 FullExprArg Third, 2708 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2709 Stmt *Body); 2710 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2711 Expr *collection); 2712 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2713 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2714 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2715 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2716 2717 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2718 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2719 BFRK_Build, 2720 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2721 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2722 BFRK_Rebuild, 2723 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2724 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2725 BFRK_Check 2726 }; 2727 2728 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2729 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2730 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2731 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2732 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2733 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2734 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2735 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2736 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2737 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2738 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2739 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2740 2741 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2742 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2743 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2744 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2745 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2746 Expr *DestExp); 2747 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2748 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2749 2750 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2751 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2752 2753 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2754 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2755 2756 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2757 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2758 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2759 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2760 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2761 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2762 2763 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2764 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2765 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2766 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2767 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2768 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2769 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2770 2771 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2772 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2773 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2774 bool Invalid = false); 2775 2776 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2777 2778 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2779 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2780 2781 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2782 2783 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2784 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2785 2786 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2787 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2788 Scope *CurScope); 2789 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2790 Expr *operand); 2791 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2792 Expr *SynchExpr, 2793 Stmt *SynchBody); 2794 2795 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2796 2797 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2798 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2799 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2800 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2801 2802 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2803 2804 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2805 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2806 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2807 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2808 2809 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2810 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2811 Stmt *TryBlock, 2812 Stmt *Handler); 2813 2814 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2815 Expr *FilterExpr, 2816 Stmt *Block); 2817 2818 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2819 Stmt *Block); 2820 2821 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2822 2823 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2824 2825 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2826 /// of it. 2827 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2828 2829 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2830 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2831 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2832 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2833 2834 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2835 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2836 /// 2837 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2838 /// if (condition); 2839 /// do_stuff(); 2840 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2841 const Stmt *Body, 2842 unsigned DiagID); 2843 2844 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2845 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2846 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2847 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2848 2849 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2850 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2851 } 2852 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2853 2854 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2855 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2856 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2857 } 2858 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2859 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2860 } 2861 2862 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2863 2864 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2865 SourceLocation Loc, 2866 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2867 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2868 2869 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2870 2871 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2872 StringRef message); 2873 2874 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2875 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2876 2877 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2878 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2879 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2880 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2881 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2882 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2883 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2884 SourceLocation Loc); 2885 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2886 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2887 2888 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2889 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2890 bool IsDecltype = false); 2891 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2892 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2893 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2894 bool IsDecltype = false); 2895 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2896 2897 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2898 2899 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2900 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2901 2902 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2903 2904 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2905 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2906 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2907 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2908 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2909 // named expressions. 2910 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2911 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2912 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2913 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2914 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2915 2916 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2917 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2918 2919 enum TryCaptureKind { 2920 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2921 }; 2922 2923 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2924 /// 2925 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2926 /// 2927 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2928 /// 2929 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2930 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2931 /// 2932 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2933 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2934 /// 2935 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2936 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2937 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2938 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2939 /// 2940 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2941 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2942 /// variable can be captured. 2943 /// 2944 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2945 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2946 /// captured. 2947 /// 2948 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2949 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2950 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2951 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2952 QualType &CaptureType, 2953 QualType &DeclRefType); 2954 2955 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2956 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2957 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2958 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2959 2960 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2961 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2962 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2963 2964 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2965 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2966 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2967 2968 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2969 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2970 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2971 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2972 bool ForceComplain = false, 2973 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2974 2975 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2976 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2977 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2978 2979 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2980 /// evaluation context. 2981 /// 2982 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2983 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2984 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2985 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2986 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2987 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2988 2989 // Primary Expressions. 2990 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2991 2992 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2993 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2994 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2995 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2996 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2997 2998 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2999 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3000 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3001 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3002 3003 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3004 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3005 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3006 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 3007 3008 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3009 IdentifierInfo *II, 3010 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3011 3012 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3013 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3014 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3015 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3016 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3017 3018 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3019 ExprValueKind VK, 3020 SourceLocation Loc, 3021 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3022 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3023 ExprValueKind VK, 3024 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3025 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3026 ExprResult 3027 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3028 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3029 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3030 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3031 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3032 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3033 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3034 LookupResult &R, 3035 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3036 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3037 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3038 LookupResult &R, 3039 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3040 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3041 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3042 const LookupResult &R, 3043 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3044 3045 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3046 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3047 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3048 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3049 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3050 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3051 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3052 3053 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3054 LookupResult &R, 3055 bool NeedsADL); 3056 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3057 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3058 NamedDecl *D); 3059 3060 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3061 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3062 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3063 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3064 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3065 3066 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3067 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3068 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3069 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3070 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3071 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3072 SourceLocation R, 3073 MultiExprArg Val); 3074 3075 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3076 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3077 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3078 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3079 3080 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3081 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3082 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3083 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3084 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3085 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3086 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3087 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3088 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3089 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3090 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3091 Expr **Exprs, 3092 unsigned NumAssocs); 3093 3094 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3095 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3096 Expr *InputExpr); 3097 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3098 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3099 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3100 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3101 3102 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3103 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3104 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3105 SourceRange R); 3106 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3107 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3108 ExprResult 3109 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3110 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3111 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3112 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3113 3114 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3115 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3116 3117 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3118 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3119 SourceRange ExprRange, 3120 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3121 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3122 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3123 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3124 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3125 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3126 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3127 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3128 3129 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3130 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3131 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3132 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3133 3134 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3135 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3136 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3137 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3138 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3139 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3140 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3141 3142 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3143 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3144 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3145 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3146 // defines a custom operator->). 3147 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3148 Scope *S; 3149 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3150 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3151 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3152 }; 3153 3154 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3155 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3156 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3157 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3158 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3159 LookupResult &R, 3160 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3161 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3162 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3163 3164 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3165 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3166 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3167 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3168 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3169 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3170 3171 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3172 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3173 const LookupResult &R); 3174 3175 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3176 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3177 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3178 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3179 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3180 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3181 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3182 3183 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3184 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3185 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3186 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3187 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3188 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3189 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3190 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3191 3192 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3193 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3194 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3195 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3196 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3197 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3198 bool ExecConfig = false); 3199 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3200 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3201 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3202 3203 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3204 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3205 /// locations. 3206 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3207 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3208 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3209 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3210 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3211 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3212 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3213 Expr *Config = 0, 3214 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3215 3216 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3217 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3218 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3219 3220 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3221 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3222 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3223 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3224 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3225 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3226 Expr *Op); 3227 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3228 3229 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3230 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3231 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3232 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3233 3234 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3235 3236 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3237 ParsedType Ty, 3238 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3239 Expr *InitExpr); 3240 3241 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3242 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3243 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3244 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3245 3246 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3247 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3248 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3249 3250 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3251 SourceLocation Loc, 3252 bool GNUSyntax, 3253 ExprResult Init); 3254 3255 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3256 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3257 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3258 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3259 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3260 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3261 3262 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3263 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3264 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3265 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3266 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3267 3268 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3269 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3270 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3271 3272 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3273 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3274 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3275 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3276 3277 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3278 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3279 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3280 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3281 union { 3282 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3283 Expr *E; 3284 } U; 3285 }; 3286 3287 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3288 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3289 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3290 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3291 unsigned NumComponents, 3292 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3293 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3294 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3295 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3296 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3297 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3298 unsigned NumComponents, 3299 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3300 3301 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3302 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3303 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3304 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3305 3306 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3307 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3308 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3309 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3310 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3311 3312 // __null 3313 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3314 3315 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3316 3317 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3318 enum IfExistsResult { 3319 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3320 IER_Exists, 3321 3322 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3323 IER_DoesNotExist, 3324 3325 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3326 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3327 IER_Dependent, 3328 3329 /// \brief An error occurred. 3330 IER_Error 3331 }; 3332 3333 IfExistsResult 3334 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3335 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3336 3337 IfExistsResult 3338 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3339 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3340 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3341 3342 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3343 bool IsIfExists, 3344 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3345 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3346 Stmt *Nested); 3347 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3348 bool IsIfExists, 3349 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3350 Stmt *Nested); 3351 3352 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3353 3354 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3355 /// started. 3356 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3357 3358 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3359 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3360 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3361 Scope *CurScope); 3362 3363 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3364 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3365 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3366 3367 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3368 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3369 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3370 Scope *CurScope); 3371 3372 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3373 3374 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3375 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3376 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3377 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3378 3379 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3380 3381 // Act on C++ namespaces 3382 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3383 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3384 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3385 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3386 SourceLocation LBrace, 3387 AttributeList *AttrList); 3388 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3389 3390 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3391 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3392 3393 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3394 3395 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3396 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3397 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3398 3399 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3400 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3401 /// 3402 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3403 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3404 3405 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3406 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3407 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3408 3409 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3410 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3411 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3412 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3413 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3414 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3415 AttributeList *AttrList); 3416 3417 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3418 3419 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3420 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3421 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3422 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3423 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3424 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3425 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3426 3427 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3428 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3429 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3430 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3431 NamedDecl *Target); 3432 3433 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3434 bool isTypeName, 3435 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3436 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3437 const LookupResult &Previous); 3438 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3439 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3440 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3441 3442 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3443 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3444 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3445 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3446 AttributeList *AttrList, 3447 bool IsInstantiation, 3448 bool IsTypeName, 3449 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3450 3451 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3452 3453 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3454 AccessSpecifier AS, 3455 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3456 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3457 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3458 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3459 AttributeList *AttrList, 3460 bool IsTypeName, 3461 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3462 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3463 AccessSpecifier AS, 3464 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3465 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3466 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3467 AttributeList *AttrList, 3468 TypeResult Type); 3469 3470 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3471 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3472 /// 3473 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3474 ExprResult 3475 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3476 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3477 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3478 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3479 SourceRange ParenRange); 3480 3481 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3482 // the constructor can be elidable? 3483 ExprResult 3484 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3485 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3486 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3487 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3488 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3489 3490 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3491 /// the default expr if needed. 3492 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3493 FunctionDecl *FD, 3494 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3495 3496 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3497 /// constructed variable. 3498 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3499 3500 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3501 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3502 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3503 // Pointer to allow copying 3504 Sema *Self; 3505 // We order exception specifications thus: 3506 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3507 // throw() comes next. 3508 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3509 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3510 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3511 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3512 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3513 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3514 3515 void ClearExceptions() { 3516 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3517 Exceptions.clear(); 3518 } 3519 3520 public: 3521 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3522 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3523 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3524 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3525 } 3526 3527 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3528 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3529 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3530 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3531 return ComputedEST; 3532 } 3533 3534 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3535 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3536 3537 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3538 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3539 3540 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3541 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3542 3543 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3544 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3545 3546 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3547 /// computed exception specification. 3548 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3549 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3550 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3551 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3552 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3553 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3554 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3555 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3556 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3557 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3558 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3559 tok::kw_false).take(); 3560 } 3561 } 3562 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3563 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3564 getEPI(EPI); 3565 return EPI; 3566 } 3567 }; 3568 3569 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3570 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3571 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3572 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3573 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3574 3575 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3576 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3577 /// will be const. 3578 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3579 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3580 3581 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3582 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3583 /// parameter will be const. 3584 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3585 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3586 3587 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3588 /// constructor of a class will have. 3589 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3590 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3591 3592 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3593 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3594 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3595 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3596 3597 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3598 /// destructor of a class will have. 3599 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3600 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3601 3602 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3603 /// special member function. 3604 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3605 3606 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3607 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3608 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3609 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3610 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3611 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3612 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3613 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3614 3615 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3616 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3617 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3618 bool Diagnose = false); 3619 3620 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3621 /// 3622 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3623 /// default constructor will be added. 3624 /// 3625 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3626 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3627 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3628 3629 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3630 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3631 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3632 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3633 3634 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3635 /// 3636 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3637 /// destructor will be added. 3638 /// 3639 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3640 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3641 3642 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3643 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3644 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3645 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3646 3647 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3648 /// 3649 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3650 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3651 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3652 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3653 3654 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3655 /// 3656 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3657 /// constructors will be added. 3658 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3659 3660 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3661 /// 3662 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3663 /// copy constructor will be added. 3664 /// 3665 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3666 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3667 3668 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3669 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3670 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3671 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3672 3673 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3674 /// 3675 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3676 /// move constructor will be added. 3677 /// 3678 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3679 /// declared. 3680 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3681 3682 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3683 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3684 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3685 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3686 3687 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3688 /// 3689 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3690 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3691 /// 3692 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3693 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3694 3695 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3696 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3697 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3698 3699 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3700 /// 3701 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3702 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3703 /// 3704 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3705 /// wasn't declared. 3706 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3707 3708 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3709 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3710 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3711 3712 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3713 /// class. 3714 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3715 3716 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3717 /// special member function. 3718 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3719 3720 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3721 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3722 /// 3723 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3724 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3725 3726 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3727 /// member function. 3728 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3729 3730 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3731 /// static member function. 3732 /// 3733 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3734 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3735 3736 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3737 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3738 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3739 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3740 3741 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3742 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3743 SourceLocation Loc, 3744 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3745 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3746 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3747 3748 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3749 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3750 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3751 ParsedType ObjectType, 3752 bool EnteringContext); 3753 3754 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3755 3756 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3757 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3758 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3759 3760 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3761 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3762 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3763 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3764 Declarator &D, 3765 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3766 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3767 Expr *E, 3768 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3769 3770 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3771 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3772 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3773 Expr *E, 3774 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3775 SourceRange Parens); 3776 3777 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3778 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3779 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3780 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3781 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3782 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3783 Expr *Operand, 3784 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3785 3786 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3787 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3788 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3789 void *TyOrExpr, 3790 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3791 3792 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3793 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3794 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3795 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3796 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3797 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3798 Expr *Operand, 3799 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3800 3801 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3802 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3803 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3804 void *TyOrExpr, 3805 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3806 3807 3808 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3809 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3810 3811 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3812 /// 3813 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3814 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3815 3816 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3817 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3818 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3819 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3820 3821 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3822 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3823 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3824 Sema &S; 3825 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3826 bool Enabled; 3827 3828 public: 3829 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3830 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3831 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3832 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3833 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3834 bool Enabled = true); 3835 3836 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3837 }; 3838 3839 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3840 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3841 /// 3842 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3843 /// 3844 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3845 /// capture list. 3846 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3847 3848 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3849 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3850 /// being defined. 3851 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3852 3853 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3854 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3855 3856 3857 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3858 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3859 3860 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3861 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3862 3863 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3864 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3865 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3866 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3867 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3868 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3869 3870 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3871 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3872 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3873 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3874 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3875 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3876 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3877 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3878 3879 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3880 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3881 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3882 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3883 3884 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3885 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3886 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3887 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3888 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3889 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3890 Expr *Initializer); 3891 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3892 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3893 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3894 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3895 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3896 QualType AllocType, 3897 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3898 Expr *ArraySize, 3899 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3900 Expr *Initializer, 3901 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3902 3903 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3904 SourceRange R); 3905 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3906 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3907 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3908 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3909 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3910 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3911 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3912 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3913 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3914 bool Diagnose = true); 3915 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3916 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3917 QualType Argument, 3918 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3919 3920 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3921 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3922 bool Diagnose = true); 3923 3924 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3925 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3926 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3927 Expr *Operand); 3928 3929 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3930 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3931 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3932 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3933 3934 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3935 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3936 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3937 SourceLocation RParen); 3938 3939 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3940 /// pseudo-functions. 3941 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3942 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3943 ParsedType Ty, 3944 SourceLocation RParen); 3945 3946 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3947 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3948 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3949 SourceLocation RParen); 3950 3951 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3952 /// pseudo-functions. 3953 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3954 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3955 ParsedType LhsTy, 3956 ParsedType RhsTy, 3957 SourceLocation RParen); 3958 3959 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3960 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3961 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3962 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3963 SourceLocation RParen); 3964 3965 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3966 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3967 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3968 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3969 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3970 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3971 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3972 3973 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3974 /// pseudo-functions. 3975 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3976 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3977 ParsedType LhsTy, 3978 Expr *DimExpr, 3979 SourceLocation RParen); 3980 3981 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3982 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3983 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3984 Expr *DimExpr, 3985 SourceLocation RParen); 3986 3987 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3988 /// pseudo-functions. 3989 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3990 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3991 Expr *Queried, 3992 SourceLocation RParen); 3993 3994 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3995 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3996 Expr *Queried, 3997 SourceLocation RParen); 3998 3999 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4000 Expr *Base, 4001 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4002 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4003 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4004 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4005 4006 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4007 4008 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4009 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4010 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4011 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4012 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4013 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4014 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4015 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4016 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4017 4018 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4019 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4020 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4021 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4022 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4023 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4024 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4025 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4026 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4027 4028 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4029 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4030 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4031 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4032 const DeclSpec& DS, 4033 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4034 4035 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4036 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4037 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4038 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4039 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4040 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4041 4042 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4043 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4044 : SourceLocation()); 4045 } 4046 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4047 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4048 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4049 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4050 4051 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4052 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4053 4054 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4055 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4056 bool EnteringContext = false); 4057 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4058 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4059 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4060 4061 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4062 /// 4063 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4064 /// 4065 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4066 /// 4067 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4068 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4069 /// 4070 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4071 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4072 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4073 4074 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4075 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4076 4077 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4078 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4079 IdentifierInfo &II, 4080 ParsedType ObjectType); 4081 4082 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4083 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4084 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4085 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4086 QualType ObjectType, 4087 bool EnteringContext, 4088 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4089 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4090 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4091 4092 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4093 /// 4094 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4095 /// 4096 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4097 /// 4098 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4099 /// 4100 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4101 /// 4102 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4103 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4104 /// 4105 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4106 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4107 /// 4108 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4109 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4110 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4111 /// including this new type). 4112 /// 4113 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4114 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4115 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4116 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4117 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4118 ParsedType ObjectType, 4119 bool EnteringContext, 4120 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4121 4122 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4123 4124 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4125 const DeclSpec &DS, 4126 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4127 4128 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4129 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4130 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4131 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4132 ParsedType ObjectType, 4133 bool EnteringContext); 4134 4135 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4136 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4137 /// 4138 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4139 /// 4140 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4141 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4142 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4143 /// including this new type). 4144 /// 4145 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4146 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4147 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4148 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4149 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4150 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4151 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4152 /// 4153 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4154 /// nested-name-specifier. 4155 /// 4156 /// 4157 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4158 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4159 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4160 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4161 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4162 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4163 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4164 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4165 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4166 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4167 bool EnteringContext); 4168 4169 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4170 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4171 /// nested-name-specifier. 4172 /// 4173 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4174 /// 4175 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4176 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4177 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4178 4179 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4180 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4181 /// 4182 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4183 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4184 /// 4185 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4186 /// 4187 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4188 /// of the annotation pointer. 4189 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4190 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4191 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4192 4193 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4194 4195 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4196 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4197 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4198 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4199 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4200 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4201 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4202 4203 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4204 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4205 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4206 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4207 /// defining scope. 4208 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4209 4210 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4211 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4212 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4213 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4214 /// class X. 4215 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4216 4217 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4218 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4219 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4220 4221 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4222 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4223 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4224 bool KnownDependent); 4225 4226 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4227 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4228 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4229 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4230 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4231 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4232 4233 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4234 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4235 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4236 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4237 bool ExplicitParams, 4238 bool ExplicitResultType, 4239 bool Mutable); 4240 4241 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4242 /// given lambda. 4243 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4244 4245 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4246 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4247 4248 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4249 /// statements present in the body. 4250 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4251 4252 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4253 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4254 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4255 /// lambda. 4256 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4257 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4258 4259 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4260 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4261 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4262 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4263 4264 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4265 /// was successfully completed. 4266 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4267 Scope *CurScope, 4268 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4269 4270 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4271 /// function pointer. 4272 /// 4273 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4274 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4275 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4276 /// block pointer conversion. 4277 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4278 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4279 4280 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4281 /// block pointer. 4282 /// 4283 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4284 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4285 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4286 /// block pointer conversion. 4287 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4288 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4289 4290 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4291 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4292 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4293 Expr *Src); 4294 4295 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4296 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4297 Expr **Strings, 4298 unsigned NumStrings); 4299 4300 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4301 4302 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4303 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4304 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4305 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4306 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4307 bool Value); 4308 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4309 4310 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4311 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4312 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4313 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4314 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4315 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4316 4317 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4318 Expr *IndexExpr, 4319 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4320 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4321 4322 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4323 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4324 unsigned NumElements); 4325 4326 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4327 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4328 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4329 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4330 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4331 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4332 4333 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4334 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4335 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4336 ParsedType Ty, 4337 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4338 4339 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4340 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4341 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4342 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4343 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4344 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4345 4346 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4347 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4348 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4349 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4350 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4351 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4352 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4353 4354 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4355 // C++ Declarations 4356 // 4357 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4358 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4359 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4360 StringRef Lang, 4361 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4362 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4363 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4364 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4365 4366 4367 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4368 // C++ Classes 4369 // 4370 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4371 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4372 4373 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4374 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4375 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4376 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4377 4378 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4379 Declarator &D, 4380 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4381 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4382 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4383 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4384 Expr *Init); 4385 4386 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4387 Scope *S, 4388 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4389 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4390 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4391 const DeclSpec &DS, 4392 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4393 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4394 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4395 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4396 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4397 4398 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4399 Scope *S, 4400 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4401 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4402 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4403 const DeclSpec &DS, 4404 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4405 Expr *InitList, 4406 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4407 4408 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4409 Scope *S, 4410 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4411 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4412 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4413 const DeclSpec &DS, 4414 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4415 Expr *Init, 4416 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4417 4418 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4419 Expr *Init, 4420 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4421 4422 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4423 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4424 Expr *Init, 4425 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4426 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4427 4428 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4429 Expr *Init, 4430 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4431 4432 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4433 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4434 4435 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4436 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4437 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4438 4439 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4440 4441 4442 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4443 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4444 /// referenced. 4445 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4446 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4447 4448 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4449 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4450 /// first use occurred. 4451 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4452 4453 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4454 /// materialized. 4455 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4456 4457 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4458 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4459 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4460 /// by code generation). 4461 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4462 4463 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4464 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4465 4466 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4467 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4468 DynamicClassesType; 4469 4470 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4471 /// unit. 4472 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4473 4474 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4475 /// given location. 4476 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4477 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4478 4479 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4480 /// in the given class as needed. 4481 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4482 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4483 4484 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4485 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4486 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4487 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4488 4489 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4490 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4491 /// vtables. 4492 /// 4493 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4494 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4495 4496 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4497 4498 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4499 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4500 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4501 bool AnyErrors); 4502 4503 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4504 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4505 Decl *TagDecl, 4506 SourceLocation LBrac, 4507 SourceLocation RBrac, 4508 AttributeList *AttrList); 4509 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4510 4511 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4512 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4513 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4514 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4515 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4516 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4517 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4518 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4519 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4520 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4521 4522 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4523 Expr *AssertExpr, 4524 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4525 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4526 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4527 Expr *AssertExpr, 4528 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4529 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4530 bool Failed); 4531 4532 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4533 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4534 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4535 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4536 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4537 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4538 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4539 4540 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4541 StorageClass& SC); 4542 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4543 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4544 StorageClass& SC); 4545 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4546 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4547 StorageClass& SC); 4548 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4549 4550 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4551 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4552 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4553 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4554 4555 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4556 // C++ Derived Classes 4557 // 4558 4559 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4560 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4561 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4562 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4563 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4564 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4565 4566 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4567 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4568 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4569 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4570 ParsedType basetype, 4571 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4572 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4573 4574 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4575 unsigned NumBases); 4576 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4577 unsigned NumBases); 4578 4579 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4580 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4581 4582 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4583 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4584 4585 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4586 4587 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4588 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4589 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4590 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4591 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4592 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4593 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4594 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4595 DeclarationName Name, 4596 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4597 4598 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4599 4600 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4601 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4602 4603 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4604 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4605 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4606 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4607 4608 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4609 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4610 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4611 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4612 4613 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4614 4615 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4616 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4617 4618 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4619 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4620 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4621 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4622 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4623 4624 4625 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4626 // C++ Access Control 4627 // 4628 4629 enum AccessResult { 4630 AR_accessible, 4631 AR_inaccessible, 4632 AR_dependent, 4633 AR_delayed 4634 }; 4635 4636 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4637 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4638 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4639 4640 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4641 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4642 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4643 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4644 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4645 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4646 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4647 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4648 bool Diagnose = true); 4649 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4650 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4651 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4652 AccessSpecifier Access, 4653 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4654 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4655 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4656 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4657 AccessSpecifier Access, 4658 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4659 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4660 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4661 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4662 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4663 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4664 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4665 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4666 Expr *ArgExpr, 4667 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4668 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4669 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4670 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4671 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4672 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4673 unsigned DiagID, 4674 bool ForceCheck = false, 4675 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4676 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4677 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4678 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4679 AccessSpecifier access, 4680 QualType objectType); 4681 4682 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4683 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4684 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4685 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4686 4687 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4688 4689 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4690 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4691 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4692 4693 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4694 AbstractNone = -1, 4695 AbstractReturnType, 4696 AbstractParamType, 4697 AbstractVariableType, 4698 AbstractFieldType, 4699 AbstractIvarType, 4700 AbstractArrayType 4701 }; 4702 4703 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4704 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4705 template<typename T1> 4706 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4707 unsigned DiagID, 4708 const T1 &Arg1) { 4709 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4710 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4711 } 4712 4713 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4714 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4715 unsigned DiagID, 4716 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4717 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4718 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4719 } 4720 4721 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4722 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4723 unsigned DiagID, 4724 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4725 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4726 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4727 } 4728 4729 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4730 4731 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4732 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4733 4734 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4735 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4736 // 4737 4738 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4739 4740 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4741 4742 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4743 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4744 // 4745 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4746 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4747 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4748 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4749 4750 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4751 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4752 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4753 4754 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4755 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4756 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4757 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4758 ParsedType ObjectType, 4759 bool EnteringContext, 4760 TemplateTy &Template, 4761 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4762 4763 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4764 SourceLocation IILoc, 4765 Scope *S, 4766 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4767 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4768 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4769 4770 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4771 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4772 4773 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4774 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4775 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4776 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4777 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4778 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4779 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4780 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4781 4782 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4783 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4784 unsigned Depth, 4785 unsigned Position, 4786 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4787 Expr *DefaultArg); 4788 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4789 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4790 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4791 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4792 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4793 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4794 unsigned Depth, 4795 unsigned Position, 4796 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4797 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4798 4799 TemplateParameterList * 4800 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4801 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4802 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4803 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4804 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4805 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4806 4807 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4808 /// list. 4809 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4810 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4811 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4812 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4813 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4814 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4815 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4816 }; 4817 4818 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4819 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4820 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4821 TemplateParameterList * 4822 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4823 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4824 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4825 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4826 unsigned NumParamLists, 4827 bool IsFriend, 4828 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4829 bool &Invalid); 4830 4831 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4832 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4833 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4834 AttributeList *Attr, 4835 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4836 AccessSpecifier AS, 4837 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4838 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4839 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4840 4841 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4842 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4843 4844 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4845 4846 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4847 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4848 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4849 4850 TypeResult 4851 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4852 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4853 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4854 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4855 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4856 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4857 4858 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4859 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4860 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4861 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4862 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4863 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4864 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4865 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4866 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4867 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4868 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4869 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4870 4871 4872 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4873 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4874 LookupResult &R, 4875 bool RequiresADL, 4876 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4877 4878 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4879 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4880 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4881 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4882 4883 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4884 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4885 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4886 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4887 ParsedType ObjectType, 4888 bool EnteringContext, 4889 TemplateTy &Template); 4890 4891 DeclResult 4892 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4893 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4894 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4895 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4896 TemplateTy Template, 4897 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4898 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4899 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4900 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4901 AttributeList *Attr, 4902 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4903 4904 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4905 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4906 Declarator &D); 4907 4908 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4909 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4910 Declarator &D); 4911 4912 bool 4913 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4914 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4915 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4916 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4917 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4918 bool &SuppressNew); 4919 4920 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4921 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4922 LookupResult &Previous); 4923 4924 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4925 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4926 LookupResult &Previous); 4927 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4928 4929 DeclResult 4930 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4931 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4932 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4933 unsigned TagSpec, 4934 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4935 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4936 TemplateTy Template, 4937 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4938 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4939 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4940 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4941 AttributeList *Attr); 4942 4943 DeclResult 4944 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4945 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4946 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4947 unsigned TagSpec, 4948 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4949 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4950 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4951 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4952 AttributeList *Attr); 4953 4954 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4955 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4956 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4957 Declarator &D); 4958 4959 TemplateArgumentLoc 4960 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4961 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4962 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4963 Decl *Param, 4964 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4965 4966 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4967 /// argument is being checked. 4968 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4969 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4970 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4971 CTAK_Specified, 4972 4973 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4974 /// deduction. 4975 CTAK_Deduced, 4976 4977 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4978 /// via template argument deduction. 4979 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4980 }; 4981 4982 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4983 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4984 NamedDecl *Template, 4985 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4986 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4987 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4988 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4989 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4990 4991 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4992 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4993 /// 4994 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4995 /// provided. 4996 /// 4997 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4998 /// 4999 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5000 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5001 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5002 /// arguments. 5003 /// 5004 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5005 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5006 /// set of template arguments. 5007 /// 5008 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5009 /// arguments. 5010 /// 5011 /// 5012 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5013 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5014 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5015 /// 5016 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5017 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5018 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5019 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5020 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5021 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5022 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5023 5024 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5025 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5026 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5027 5028 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5029 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5030 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5031 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5032 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5033 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5034 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5035 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5036 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5037 5038 ExprResult 5039 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5040 QualType ParamType, 5041 SourceLocation Loc); 5042 ExprResult 5043 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5044 SourceLocation Loc); 5045 5046 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5047 /// for equality. 5048 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5049 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5050 /// that might be redeclarations. 5051 /// 5052 /// \code 5053 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5054 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5055 /// \endcode 5056 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5057 5058 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5059 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5060 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5061 /// 5062 /// \code 5063 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5064 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5065 /// \endcode 5066 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5067 5068 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5069 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5070 /// template parameter. 5071 /// 5072 /// \code 5073 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5074 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5075 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5076 /// \endcode 5077 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5078 }; 5079 5080 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5081 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5082 bool Complain, 5083 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5084 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5085 = SourceLocation()); 5086 5087 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5088 5089 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5090 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5091 /// 5092 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5093 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5094 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5095 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5096 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5097 TypeResult 5098 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5099 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5100 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5101 5102 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5103 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5104 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5105 /// 5106 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5107 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5108 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5109 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5110 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5111 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5112 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5113 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5114 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5115 TypeResult 5116 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5117 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5118 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5119 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5120 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5121 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5122 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5123 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5124 5125 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5126 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5127 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5128 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5129 SourceLocation IILoc); 5130 5131 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5132 SourceLocation Loc, 5133 DeclarationName Name); 5134 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5135 5136 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5137 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5138 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5139 5140 std::string 5141 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5142 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5143 5144 std::string 5145 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5146 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5147 unsigned NumArgs); 5148 5149 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5150 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5151 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5152 5153 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5154 /// being diagnosed. 5155 /// 5156 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5157 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5158 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5159 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5160 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5161 5162 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5163 UPPC_BaseType, 5164 5165 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5166 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5167 5168 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5169 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5170 5171 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5172 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5173 5174 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5175 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5176 5177 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5178 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5179 5180 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5181 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5182 5183 /// \brief A using declaration. 5184 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5185 5186 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5187 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5188 5189 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5190 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5191 5192 /// \brief An initializer. 5193 UPPC_Initializer, 5194 5195 /// \brief A default argument. 5196 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5197 5198 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5199 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5200 5201 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5202 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5203 5204 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5205 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5206 5207 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5208 UPPC_IfExists, 5209 5210 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5211 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5212 5213 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5214 UPPC_Lambda, 5215 5216 /// \brief Block expression, 5217 UPPC_Block 5218}; 5219 5220 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5221 /// 5222 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5223 /// 5224 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5225 /// parameter packs. 5226 /// 5227 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5228 /// 5229 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5230 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5231 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5232 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5233 5234 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5235 /// diagnose the error. 5236 /// 5237 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5238 /// 5239 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5240 /// packs. 5241 /// 5242 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5243 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5244 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5245 5246 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5247 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5248 /// 5249 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5250 /// parameter packs. 5251 /// 5252 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5253 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5254 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5255 5256 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5257 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5258 /// 5259 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5260 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5261 /// 5262 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5263 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5264 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5265 5266 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5267 /// diagnose the error. 5268 /// 5269 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5270 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5271 /// 5272 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5273 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5274 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5275 5276 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5277 /// diagnose the error. 5278 /// 5279 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5280 /// 5281 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5282 /// parameter packs. 5283 /// 5284 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5285 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5286 TemplateName Template, 5287 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5288 5289 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5290 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5291 /// 5292 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5293 /// parameter packs. 5294 /// 5295 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5296 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5297 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5298 5299 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5300 /// template argument. 5301 /// 5302 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5303 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5304 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5305 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5306 5307 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5308 /// template argument. 5309 /// 5310 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5311 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5312 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5313 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5314 5315 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5316 /// type. 5317 /// 5318 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5319 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5320 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5321 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5322 5323 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5324 /// type. 5325 /// 5326 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5327 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5328 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5329 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5330 5331 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5332 /// nested-name-specifier. 5333 /// 5334 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5335 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5336 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5337 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5338 5339 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5340 /// name. 5341 /// 5342 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5343 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5344 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5345 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5346 5347 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5348 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5349 /// 5350 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5351 /// may already be invalid. 5352 /// 5353 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5354 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5355 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5356 5357 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5358 /// creates a pack expansion. 5359 /// 5360 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5361 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5362 /// 5363 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5364 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5365 5366 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5367 /// expansion. 5368 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5369 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5370 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5371 5372 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5373 /// expansion. 5374 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5375 SourceRange PatternRange, 5376 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5377 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5378 5379 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5380 /// creates a pack expansion. 5381 /// 5382 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5383 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5384 /// 5385 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5386 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5387 5388 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5389 /// creates a pack expansion. 5390 /// 5391 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5392 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5393 /// 5394 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5395 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5396 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5397 5398 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5399 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5400 /// transforming the pattern. 5401 /// 5402 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5403 /// pack expansion. 5404 /// 5405 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5406 /// the pack expansion. 5407 /// 5408 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5409 /// pattern. 5410 /// 5411 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5412 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5413 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5414 /// 5415 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5416 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5417 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5418 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5419 /// 5420 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5421 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5422 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5423 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5424 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5425 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5426 /// set this value in other cases. 5427 /// 5428 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5429 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5430 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5431 /// must be set. 5432 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5433 SourceRange PatternRange, 5434 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5435 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5436 bool &ShouldExpand, 5437 bool &RetainExpansion, 5438 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5439 5440 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5441 /// type. 5442 /// 5443 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5444 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5445 /// 5446 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5447 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5448 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5449 5450 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5451 /// parameter packs. 5452 /// 5453 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5454 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5455 /// 5456 /// \code 5457 /// void f(T...); 5458 /// \endcode 5459 /// 5460 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5461 /// a variadic function. 5462 /// 5463 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5464 /// false otherwise. 5465 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5466 5467 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5468 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5469 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5470 5471 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5472 /// 5473 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5474 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5475 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5476 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5477 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5478 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5479 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5480 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5481 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5482 TDK_Success = 0, 5483 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5484 TDK_Invalid, 5485 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5486 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5487 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5488 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5489 /// for every template parameter. 5490 TDK_Incomplete, 5491 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5492 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5493 TDK_Inconsistent, 5494 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5495 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5496 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5497 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5498 TDK_Underqualified, 5499 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5500 /// resulted in an error. 5501 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5502 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5503 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5504 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5505 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5506 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5507 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5508 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5509 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5510 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5511 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5512 /// template arguments for the given template. 5513 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5514 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5515 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5516 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5517 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5518 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5519 }; 5520 5521 TemplateDeductionResult 5522 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5523 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5524 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5525 5526 TemplateDeductionResult 5527 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5528 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5529 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5530 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5531 QualType *FunctionType, 5532 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5533 5534 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5535 // deduction for a call. 5536 struct OriginalCallArg { 5537 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5538 unsigned ArgIdx, 5539 QualType OriginalArgType) 5540 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5541 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5542 5543 QualType OriginalParamType; 5544 unsigned ArgIdx; 5545 QualType OriginalArgType; 5546 }; 5547 5548 TemplateDeductionResult 5549 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5550 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5551 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5552 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5553 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5554 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5555 5556 TemplateDeductionResult 5557 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5558 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5559 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5560 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5561 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5562 5563 TemplateDeductionResult 5564 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5565 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5566 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5567 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5568 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5569 5570 TemplateDeductionResult 5571 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5572 QualType ToType, 5573 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5574 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5575 5576 TemplateDeductionResult 5577 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5578 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5579 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5580 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5581 5582 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5583 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5584 DAR_Succeeded, 5585 DAR_Failed, 5586 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5587 }; 5588 5589 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5590 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5591 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5592 5593 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5594 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5595 SourceLocation Loc, 5596 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5597 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5598 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5599 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5600 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5601 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5602 SourceLocation Loc, 5603 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5604 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5605 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5606 bool Complain = true, 5607 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5608 5609 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5610 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5611 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5612 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5613 SourceLocation Loc); 5614 5615 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5616 bool OnlyDeduced, 5617 unsigned Depth, 5618 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5619 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5620 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5621 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5622 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5623 } 5624 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5625 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5626 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5627 5628 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5629 // C++ Template Instantiation 5630 // 5631 5632 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5633 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5634 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5635 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5636 5637 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5638 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5639 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5640 enum InstantiationKind { 5641 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5642 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5643 TemplateInstantiation, 5644 5645 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5646 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5647 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5648 /// arguments as specified. 5649 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5650 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5651 5652 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5653 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5654 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5655 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5656 5657 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5658 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5659 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5660 5661 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5662 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5663 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5664 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5665 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5666 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5667 5668 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5669 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5670 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5671 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5672 5673 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5674 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5675 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5676 5677 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5678 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5679 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5680 } Kind; 5681 5682 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5683 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5684 5685 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5686 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5687 /// arguments. 5688 NamedDecl *Template; 5689 5690 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5691 Decl *Entity; 5692 5693 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5694 /// are not part of the entity. 5695 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5696 5697 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5698 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5699 5700 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5701 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5702 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5703 5704 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5705 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5706 /// template instantiation. 5707 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5708 5709 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5710 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5711 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5712 5713 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5714 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5715 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5716 5717 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5718 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5719 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5720 return false; 5721 5722 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5723 return false; 5724 5725 switch (X.Kind) { 5726 case TemplateInstantiation: 5727 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5728 return true; 5729 5730 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5731 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5732 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5733 return false; 5734 5735 // Fall through 5736 5737 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5738 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5739 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5740 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5741 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5742 5743 } 5744 5745 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5746 } 5747 5748 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5749 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5750 return !(X == Y); 5751 } 5752 }; 5753 5754 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5755 /// 5756 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5757 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5758 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5759 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5760 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5761 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5762 5763 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5764 /// template instantiation. 5765 /// 5766 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5767 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5768 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5769 5770 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5771 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5772 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5773 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5774 5775 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5776 /// error or warning was produced. 5777 /// 5778 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5779 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5780 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5781 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5782 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5783 5784 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5785 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5786 /// 5787 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5788 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5789 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5790 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5791 5792 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5793 /// within a \c Sema object. 5794 /// 5795 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5796 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5797 Sema &Self; 5798 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5799 5800 public: 5801 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5802 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5803 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5804 } 5805 5806 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5807 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5808 } 5809 }; 5810 5811 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5812 5813 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5814 /// 5815 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5816 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5817 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5818 5819 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5820 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5821 /// deduction. 5822 /// 5823 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5824 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5825 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5826 5827 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5828 /// instantiation. 5829 /// 5830 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5831 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5832 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5833 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5834 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5835 /// 5836 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5837 /// the stack. 5838 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5839 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5840 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5841 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5842 Decl *Entity, 5843 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5844 5845 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5846 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5847 /// of a function template. 5848 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5849 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5850 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5851 5852 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5853 /// template-id. 5854 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5855 TemplateDecl *Template, 5856 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5857 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5858 5859 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5860 /// template-id. 5861 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5862 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5863 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5864 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5865 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5866 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5867 5868 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5869 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5870 /// specialization. 5871 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5872 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5873 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5874 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5875 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5876 5877 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5878 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5879 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5880 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5881 5882 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5883 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5884 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5885 NamedDecl *Template, 5886 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5887 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5888 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5889 5890 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5891 NamedDecl *Template, 5892 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5893 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5894 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5895 5896 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5897 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5898 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5899 TemplateDecl *Template, 5900 NamedDecl *Param, 5901 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5902 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5903 5904 5905 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5906 void Clear(); 5907 5908 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5909 5910 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5911 /// recursive template instantiations. 5912 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5913 5914 private: 5915 Sema &SemaRef; 5916 bool Invalid; 5917 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5918 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5919 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5920 5921 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5922 5923 InstantiatingTemplate& 5924 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5925 }; 5926 5927 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5928 5929 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5930 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5931 /// errors. 5932 /// 5933 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5934 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5935 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5936 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5937 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5938 5939 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5940 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5941 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5942 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5943 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5944 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5945 } 5946 5947 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5948 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5949 /// deduction.` 5950 class SFINAETrap { 5951 Sema &SemaRef; 5952 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5953 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5954 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5955 5956 public: 5957 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5958 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5959 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5960 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5961 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5962 { 5963 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5964 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5965 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5966 } 5967 5968 ~SFINAETrap() { 5969 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5970 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5971 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5972 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5973 } 5974 5975 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5976 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5977 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5978 } 5979 }; 5980 5981 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5982 /// variables. 5983 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5984 5985 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5986 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5987 5988 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5989 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5990 5991 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5992 /// name lookup. 5993 /// 5994 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5995 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5996 /// string represents a keyword. 5997 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5998 5999 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6000 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6001 6002 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6003 /// 6004 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6005 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6006 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6007 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6008 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6009 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6010 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6011 6012 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6013 /// but have not yet been performed. 6014 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6015 6016 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6017 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6018 /// 6019 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6020 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6021 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6022 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6023 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6024 6025 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6026 6027 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6028 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6029 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6030 6031 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6032 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6033 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6034 6035 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6036 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6037 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6038 6039 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6040 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6041 SourceLocation Loc, 6042 DeclarationName Entity, 6043 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6044 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6045 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6046 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6047 int indexAdjustment, 6048 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6049 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6050 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6051 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6052 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6053 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6054 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6055 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6056 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6057 6058 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6059 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6060 /// 6061 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6062 /// 6063 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6064 /// 6065 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6066 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6067 /// 6068 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6069 /// 6070 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6071 /// 6072 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6073 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6074 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6075 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6076 6077 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6078 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6079 6080 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6081 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6082 6083 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6084 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6085 bool CXXDirectInit); 6086 6087 bool 6088 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6089 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6090 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6091 6092 bool 6093 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6094 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6095 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6096 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6097 bool Complain = true); 6098 6099 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6100 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6101 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6102 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6103 6104 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6105 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6106 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6107 Decl *NewDecl; 6108 6109 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6110 Decl *D) 6111 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6112 { } 6113 }; 6114 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6115 6116 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6117 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6118 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6119 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6120 6121 bool 6122 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6123 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6124 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6125 bool Complain = true); 6126 6127 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6128 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6129 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6130 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6131 6132 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6133 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6134 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6135 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6136 6137 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6138 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6139 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6140 6141 DeclarationNameInfo 6142 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6143 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6144 TemplateName 6145 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6146 SourceLocation Loc, 6147 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6148 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6149 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6150 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6151 6152 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6153 FunctionDecl *Function); 6154 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6155 FunctionDecl *Function, 6156 bool Recursive = false, 6157 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6158 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6159 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6160 VarDecl *Var, 6161 bool Recursive = false, 6162 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6163 6164 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6165 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6166 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6167 6168 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6169 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6170 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6171 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6172 6173 // Objective-C declarations. 6174 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6175 OCK_None = -1, 6176 OCK_Interface = 0, 6177 OCK_Protocol, 6178 OCK_Category, 6179 OCK_ClassExtension, 6180 OCK_Implementation, 6181 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6182 }; 6183 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6184 6185 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6186 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6187 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6188 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6189 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6190 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6191 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6192 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6193 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6194 AttributeList *AttrList); 6195 6196 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6197 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6198 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6199 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6200 6201 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6202 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6203 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6204 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6205 6206 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6207 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6208 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6209 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6210 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6211 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6212 AttributeList *AttrList); 6213 6214 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6215 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6216 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6217 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6218 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6219 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6220 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6221 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6222 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6223 6224 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6225 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6226 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6227 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6228 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6229 6230 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6231 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6232 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6233 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6234 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6235 6236 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6237 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6238 6239 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6240 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6241 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6242 unsigned NumElts); 6243 6244 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6245 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6246 unsigned NumElts, 6247 AttributeList *attrList); 6248 6249 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6250 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6251 unsigned NumProtocols, 6252 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6253 6254 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6255 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6256 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6257 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6258 SourceLocation Loc, 6259 unsigned &Attributes, 6260 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6261 6262 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6263 /// setters and getters as needed. 6264 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6265 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6266 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6267 /// in class extension. 6268 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6269 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6270 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6271 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6272 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6273 6274 6275 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6276 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6277 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6278 6279 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6280 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6281 6282 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6283 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6284 6285 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6286 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6287 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6288 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6289 6290 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6291 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6292 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6293 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6294 bool *OverridingProperty, 6295 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6296 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6297 6298 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6299 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6300 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6301 bool ImplKind, 6302 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6303 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6304 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6305 6306 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6307 OSMK_None, 6308 OSMK_Alloc, 6309 OSMK_New, 6310 OSMK_Copy, 6311 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6312 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6313 }; 6314 6315 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6316 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6317 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6318 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6319 // in this case. 6320 ParsedType Type; 6321 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6322 6323 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6324 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6325 }; 6326 6327 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6328 Scope *S, 6329 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6330 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6331 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6332 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6333 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6334 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6335 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6336 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6337 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6338 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6339 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6340 6341 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6342 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6343 bool IsInstance); 6344 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6345 bool IsInstance); 6346 6347 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6348 6349 ExprResult 6350 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6351 Expr *BaseExpr, 6352 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6353 DeclarationName MemberName, 6354 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6355 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6356 bool Super); 6357 6358 ExprResult 6359 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6360 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6361 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6362 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6363 6364 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6365 6366 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6367 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6368 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6369 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6370 ObjCSuperMessage, 6371 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6372 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6373 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6374 /// name. 6375 ObjCClassMessage 6376 }; 6377 6378 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6379 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6380 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6381 bool IsSuper, 6382 bool HasTrailingDot, 6383 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6384 6385 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6386 Selector Sel, 6387 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6388 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6389 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6390 MultiExprArg Args); 6391 6392 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6393 QualType ReceiverType, 6394 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6395 Selector Sel, 6396 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6397 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6398 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6399 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6400 MultiExprArg Args, 6401 bool isImplicit = false); 6402 6403 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6404 bool isSuperReceiver, 6405 SourceLocation Loc, 6406 Selector Sel, 6407 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6408 MultiExprArg Args); 6409 6410 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6411 ParsedType Receiver, 6412 Selector Sel, 6413 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6414 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6415 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6416 MultiExprArg Args); 6417 6418 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6419 QualType ReceiverType, 6420 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6421 Selector Sel, 6422 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6423 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6424 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6425 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6426 MultiExprArg Args, 6427 bool isImplicit = false); 6428 6429 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6430 QualType ReceiverType, 6431 SourceLocation Loc, 6432 Selector Sel, 6433 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6434 MultiExprArg Args); 6435 6436 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6437 Expr *Receiver, 6438 Selector Sel, 6439 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6440 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6441 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6442 MultiExprArg Args); 6443 6444 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6445 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6446 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6447 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6448 Expr *SubExpr); 6449 6450 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6451 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6452 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6453 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6454 ParsedType Type, 6455 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6456 Expr *SubExpr); 6457 6458 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6459 6460 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6461 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6462 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6463 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6464 6465 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6466 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6467 RTC_Compatible, 6468 RTC_Incompatible, 6469 RTC_Unknown 6470 }; 6471 6472 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6473 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6474 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6475 6476 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6477 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6478 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6479 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6480 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6481 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6482 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6483 }; 6484 6485 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6486 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6487 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6488 6489 enum PragmaPackKind { 6490 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6491 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6492 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6493 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6494 }; 6495 6496 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6497 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6498 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6499 }; 6500 6501 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6502 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6503 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6504 Expr *Alignment, 6505 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6506 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6507 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6508 6509 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6510 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6511 6512 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6513 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6514 Scope *curScope, 6515 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6516 6517 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6518 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6519 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6520 6521 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6522 SourceLocation Loc); 6523 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6524 6525 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6526 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6527 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6528 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6529 6530 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6531 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6532 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6533 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6534 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6535 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6536 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6537 6538 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6539 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6540 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6541 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6542 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6543 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6544 6545 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6546 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6547 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6548 6549 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6550 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6551 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6552 6553 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6554 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6555 6556 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6557 void FreePackedContext(); 6558 6559 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6560 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6561 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6562 SourceLocation Loc); 6563 6564 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6565 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6566 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6567 6568 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6569 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6570 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6571 6572 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6573 void FreeVisContext(); 6574 6575 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6576 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6577 /// the appropriate attribute. 6578 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6579 6580 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6581 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6582 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6583 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6584 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6585 6586 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6587 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6588 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6589 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6590 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6591 CCK_CStyleCast, 6592 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6593 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6594 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6595 CCK_OtherCast 6596 }; 6597 6598 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6599 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6600 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6601 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6602 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6603 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6604 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6605 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6606 6607 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6608 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6609 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6610 6611 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6612 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6613 /// required. 6614 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6615 6616 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6617 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6618 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6619 6620 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6621 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6622 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6623 6624 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6625 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6626 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6627 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6628 6629 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6630 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6631 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6632 // type. 6633 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6634 6635 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6636 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6637 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6638 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6639 6640 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6641 enum VariadicCallType { 6642 VariadicFunction, 6643 VariadicBlock, 6644 VariadicMethod, 6645 VariadicConstructor, 6646 VariadicDoesNotApply 6647 }; 6648 6649 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6650 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6651 Expr *Fn); 6652 6653 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6654 // vararg function. 6655 enum VarArgKind { 6656 VAK_Valid, 6657 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6658 VAK_Invalid 6659 }; 6660 6661 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6662 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6663 6664 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6665 /// form of call prototypes. 6666 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6667 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6668 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6669 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6670 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6671 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6672 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6673 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6674 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6675 6676 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6677 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6678 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6679 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6680 6681 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6682 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6683 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6684 6685 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6686 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6687 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6688 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6689 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6690 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6691 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6692 6693 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6694 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6695 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6696 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6697 /// source and destination type. 6698 enum AssignConvertType { 6699 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6700 Compatible, 6701 6702 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6703 /// accept as an extension. 6704 PointerToInt, 6705 6706 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6707 /// accept as an extension. 6708 IntToPointer, 6709 6710 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6711 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6712 FunctionVoidPointer, 6713 6714 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6715 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6716 IncompatiblePointer, 6717 6718 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6719 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6720 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6721 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6722 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6723 6724 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6725 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6726 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6727 6728 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6729 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6730 /// like address spaces. 6731 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6732 6733 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6734 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6735 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6736 /// extension. 6737 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6738 6739 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6740 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6741 IncompatibleVectors, 6742 6743 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6744 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6745 IntToBlockPointer, 6746 6747 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6748 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6749 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6750 6751 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6752 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6753 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6754 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6755 6756 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6757 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6758 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6759 6760 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6761 /// represent it in the AST. 6762 Incompatible 6763 }; 6764 6765 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6766 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6767 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6768 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6769 SourceLocation Loc, 6770 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6771 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6772 bool *Complained = 0); 6773 6774 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6775 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6776 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6777 Expr *SrcExpr); 6778 6779 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6780 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6781 /// C99 6.5.16. 6782 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6783 QualType LHSType, 6784 QualType RHSType); 6785 6786 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6787 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6788 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6789 ExprResult &RHS, 6790 CastKind &Kind); 6791 6792 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6793 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6794 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6795 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6796 ExprResult &RHS, 6797 bool Diagnose = true); 6798 6799 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6800 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6801 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6802 ExprResult &RHS); 6803 6804 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6805 6806 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6807 6808 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6809 AssignmentAction Action, 6810 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6811 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6812 AssignmentAction Action, 6813 bool AllowExplicit, 6814 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6815 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6816 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6817 AssignmentAction Action, 6818 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6819 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6820 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6821 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6822 AssignmentAction Action, 6823 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6824 6825 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6826 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6827 6828 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6829 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6830 ExprResult &RHS); 6831 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6832 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6833 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6834 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6835 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6836 bool IsDivide); 6837 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6838 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6839 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6840 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6841 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6842 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6843 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6844 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6845 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6846 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6847 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6848 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6849 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6850 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6851 bool isRelational); 6852 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6853 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6854 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6855 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6856 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6857 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6858 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6859 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6860 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6861 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6862 6863 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6864 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6865 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6866 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6867 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6868 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6869 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6870 6871 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6872 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6873 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6874 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6875 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6876 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6877 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6878 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6879 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6880 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6881 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6882 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6883 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6884 NonStandardCompositeType); 6885 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6886 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6887 return Composite; 6888 } 6889 6890 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6891 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6892 6893 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6894 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6895 6896 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6897 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6898 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6899 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6900 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6901 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6902 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6903 SourceLocation Loc); 6904 6905 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6906 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6907 6908 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6909 6910 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6911 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6912 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6913 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6914 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6915 /// reference binding is not possible. 6916 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6917 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6918 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6919 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6920 Ref_Related, 6921 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6922 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6923 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6924 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6925 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6926 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6927 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6928 Ref_Compatible 6929 }; 6930 6931 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6932 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6933 bool &DerivedToBase, 6934 bool &ObjCConversion, 6935 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6936 6937 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6938 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6939 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6940 6941 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6942 /// given type. 6943 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6944 6945 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 6946 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6947 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 6948 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 6949 6950 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6951 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6952 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6953 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6954 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6955 CastKind &Kind); 6956 6957 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6958 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6959 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6960 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6961 // returns the cast expr 6962 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6963 CastKind &Kind); 6964 6965 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6966 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6967 Expr *CastExpr, 6968 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6969 6970 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6971 6972 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6973 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6974 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6975 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6976 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6977 6978 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6979 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6980 6981 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6982 QualType ExprType); 6983 6984 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6985 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6986 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6987 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6988 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6989 6990 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6991 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6992 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6993 6994 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6995 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6996 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6997 6998 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6999 /// \param Method - May be null. 7000 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7001 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7002 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7003 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7004 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7005 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7006 bool isSuperMessage, 7007 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7008 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7009 7010 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7011 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7012 /// and the form of the message send. 7013 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7014 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7015 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7016 7017 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7018 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7019 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7020 7021 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7022 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7023 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7024 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7025 /// 7026 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7027 /// 'if' keyword. 7028 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7029 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7030 7031 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7032 Expr *SubExpr); 7033 7034 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7035 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7036 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7037 7038 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7039 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7040 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7041 7042 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7043 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7044 7045 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7046 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7047 /// the specified diagnostic. 7048 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7049 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7050 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7051 7052 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7053 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7054 /// in the global scope. 7055 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7056 7057 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7058 /// expression violations. 7059 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7060 public: 7061 bool Suppress; 7062 7063 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7064 7065 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7066 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7067 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7068 }; 7069 7070 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7071 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7072 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7073 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7074 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7075 bool AllowFold = true); 7076 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7077 unsigned DiagID, 7078 bool AllowFold = true); 7079 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7080 7081 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7082 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7083 /// Returns false on success. 7084 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7085 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7086 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7087 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7088 7089 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7090 CFT_Device, 7091 CFT_Global, 7092 CFT_Host, 7093 CFT_HostDevice 7094 }; 7095 7096 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7097 7098 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7099 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7100 7101 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7102 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7103 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7104 } 7105 7106 /// \name Code completion 7107 //@{ 7108 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7109 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7110 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7111 PCC_Namespace, 7112 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7113 PCC_Class, 7114 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7115 /// or category. 7116 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7117 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7118 /// category implementation 7119 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7120 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7121 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7122 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7123 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7124 /// headers. 7125 PCC_Template, 7126 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7127 /// headers within a class. 7128 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7129 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7130 PCC_Expression, 7131 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7132 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7133 PCC_Statement, 7134 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7135 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7136 PCC_ForInit, 7137 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7138 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7139 PCC_Condition, 7140 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7141 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7142 /// in the grammar. 7143 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7144 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7145 PCC_Type, 7146 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7147 /// might also be a type cast. 7148 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7149 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7150 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7151 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7152 }; 7153 7154 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7155 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7156 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7157 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7158 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7159 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7160 7161 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7162 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7163 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7164 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7165 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7166 bool IsArrow); 7167 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7168 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7169 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7170 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7171 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7172 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7173 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7174 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7175 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7176 7177 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7178 bool EnteringContext); 7179 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7180 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7181 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7182 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7183 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7184 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7185 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7186 unsigned NumInitializers); 7187 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7188 bool AfterAmpersand); 7189 7190 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7191 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7192 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7193 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7194 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7195 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7196 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7197 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7198 bool IsParameter); 7199 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7200 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7201 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7202 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7203 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7204 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7205 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7206 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7207 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7208 bool IsSuper = false); 7209 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7210 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7211 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7212 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7213 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7214 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7215 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7216 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7217 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7218 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7219 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7220 unsigned NumProtocols); 7221 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7222 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7223 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7224 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7225 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7226 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7227 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7228 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7229 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7230 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7231 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7232 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7233 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7234 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7235 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7236 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7237 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7238 ParsedType ReturnType); 7239 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7240 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7241 bool AtParameterName, 7242 ParsedType ReturnType, 7243 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7244 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7245 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7246 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7247 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7248 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7249 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7250 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7251 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7252 unsigned Argument); 7253 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7254 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7255 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7256 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7257 //@} 7258 7259 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7260 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7261 7262public: 7263 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7264 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7265 7266private: 7267 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7268 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7269 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7270 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7271 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7272 // FunctionDeclaration. 7273 struct FormatStringInfo { 7274 unsigned FormatIdx; 7275 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7276 bool HasVAListArg; 7277 }; 7278 7279 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7280 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7281 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7282 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7283 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7284 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7285 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7286 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7287 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7288 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7289 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7290 SourceLocation Loc); 7291 7292 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7293 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7294 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7295 VariadicCallType CallType); 7296 7297 7298 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7299 7300 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7301 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7302 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7303 7304 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7305 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7306 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7307 7308public: 7309 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7310 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7311 7312private: 7313 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7314 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7315 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7316 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7317 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7318 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7319 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7320 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7321 7322 enum FormatStringType { 7323 FST_Scanf, 7324 FST_Printf, 7325 FST_NSString, 7326 FST_Strftime, 7327 FST_Strfmon, 7328 FST_Kprintf, 7329 FST_Unknown 7330 }; 7331 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7332 7333 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7334 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7335 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7336 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7337 }; 7338 7339 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7340 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7341 bool HasVAListArg, 7342 unsigned format_idx, 7343 unsigned firstDataArg, 7344 FormatStringType Type, 7345 VariadicCallType CallType, 7346 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7347 7348 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7349 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7350 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7351 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7352 VariadicCallType CallType); 7353 7354 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7355 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7356 bool IsCXXMember, 7357 VariadicCallType CallType, 7358 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7359 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7360 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7361 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7362 VariadicCallType CallType, 7363 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7364 7365 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7366 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7367 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7368 7369 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7370 unsigned BId, 7371 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7372 7373 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7374 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7375 7376 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7377 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7378 7379 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7380 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7381 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7382 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7383 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7384 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7385 7386 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7387 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7388 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7389 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7390 7391 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7392 Expr *Init); 7393 7394public: 7395 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7396 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7397 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7398 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7399 7400 struct TypeTagData { 7401 TypeTagData() {} 7402 7403 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7404 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7405 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7406 {} 7407 7408 QualType Type; 7409 7410 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7411 /// layout-compatibility. 7412 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7413 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7414 }; 7415 7416 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7417 /// identifies the magic value. 7418 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7419 7420private: 7421 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7422 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7423 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7424 7425 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7426 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7427 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7428 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7429 7430 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7431 /// 7432 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7433 Scope *CurScope; 7434 7435protected: 7436 friend class Parser; 7437 friend class InitializationSequence; 7438 friend class ASTReader; 7439 friend class ASTWriter; 7440 7441public: 7442 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7443 /// 7444 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7445 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7446 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7447 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7448 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7449 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7450 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7451 7452 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7453 7454 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7455 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7456 } 7457 7458 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7459 7460 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7461 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7462 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7463 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7464 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7465 return DC; 7466 } 7467}; 7468 7469/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7470class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7471 Sema &Actions; 7472 7473public: 7474 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7475 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7476 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7477 bool IsDecltype = false) 7478 : Actions(Actions) { 7479 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7480 IsDecltype); 7481 } 7482 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7483 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7484 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7485 bool IsDecltype = false) 7486 : Actions(Actions) { 7487 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7488 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7489 IsDecltype); 7490 } 7491 7492 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7493 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7494 } 7495}; 7496 7497} // end namespace clang 7498 7499#endif 7500